Michael R Sweet
17 years ago
parent
7d8801c7dd
commit
775bb19cf5
@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="OtherReferences.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
|
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="INSTALL">1 - Building, Installing, and |
||||
Packaging Mini-XML</A></H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter describes how to build, install, and package Mini-XML on |
||||
your system.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,38 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TheBasics.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="BASICS">2 - Getting Started with Mini-XML</A></H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter describes how to write programs that use Mini-XML to |
||||
access data in an XML file.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LoadCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="ADVANCED">3 - More Mini-XML Programming |
||||
Techniques</A></H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter shows additional ways to use the Mini-XML library in |
||||
your programs.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Indexing.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="TheBasics1.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="MXMLDOC">4 - Using the mxmldoc Utility</A></H1> |
||||
<P>This chapter describes how to use the <TT>mxmldoc(1)</TT> utility |
||||
that comes with Mini-XML to automatically generate documentation for |
||||
your programs.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,410 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="XMLSchema.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYourNewLibraries.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYourNewLibraries.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="LICENSE">A - GNU Library General Public |
||||
License</A></H1> |
||||
<P align="center">Version 2, June 1991 |
||||
<BR> Copyright (C) 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
||||
<BR> 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA |
||||
<BR> Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of |
||||
this license document, but changing it is not allowed. |
||||
<BR> [This is the first released version of the library GPL. It is |
||||
numbered 2 because it goes with version 2 of the ordinary GPL.]</P> |
||||
<P><BIG>Preamble</BIG></P> |
||||
<P>The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom |
||||
to share and change it. By contrast, the GNU General Public Licenses |
||||
are intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free |
||||
software--to make sure the software is free for all its users.</P> |
||||
<P>This license, the Library General Public License, applies to some |
||||
specially designated Free Software Foundation software, and to any |
||||
other libraries whose authors decide to use it. You can use it for your |
||||
libraries, too.</P> |
||||
<P>When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not |
||||
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you |
||||
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for |
||||
this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it |
||||
if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in |
||||
new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.</P> |
||||
<P>To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid |
||||
anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. |
||||
These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you |
||||
distribute copies of the library, or if you modify it.</P> |
||||
<P>For example, if you distribute copies of the library, whether gratis |
||||
or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that we gave |
||||
you. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source |
||||
code. If you link a program with the library, you must provide complete |
||||
object files to the recipients so that they can relink them with the |
||||
library, after making changes to the library and recompiling it. And |
||||
you must show them these terms so they know their rights.</P> |
||||
<P>Our method of protecting your rights has two steps: (1) copyright the |
||||
library, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal |
||||
permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the library.</P> |
||||
<P>Also, for each distributor's protection, we want to make certain that |
||||
everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free library. |
||||
If the library is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its |
||||
recipients to know that what they have is not the original version, so |
||||
that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original |
||||
authors' reputations.</P> |
||||
<P>Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software |
||||
patents. We wish to avoid the danger that companies distributing free |
||||
software will individually obtain patent licenses, thus in effect |
||||
transforming the program into proprietary software. To prevent this, we |
||||
have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free |
||||
use or not licensed at all.</P> |
||||
<P>Most GNU software, including some libraries, is covered by the |
||||
ordinary GNU General Public License, which was designed for utility |
||||
programs. This license, the GNU Library General Public License, applies |
||||
to certain designated libraries. This license is quite different from |
||||
the ordinary one; be sure to read it in full, and don't assume that |
||||
anything in it is the same as in the ordinary license.</P> |
||||
<P>The reason we have a separate public license for some libraries is |
||||
that they blur the distinction we usually make between modifying or |
||||
adding to a program and simply using it. Linking a program with a |
||||
library, without changing the library, is in some sense simply using |
||||
the library, and is analogous to running a utility program or |
||||
application program. However, in a textual and legal sense, the linked |
||||
executable is a combined work, a derivative of the original library, |
||||
and the ordinary General Public License treats it as such.</P> |
||||
<P>Because of this blurred distinction, using the ordinary General |
||||
Public License for libraries did not effectively promote software |
||||
sharing, because most developers did not use the libraries. We |
||||
concluded that weaker conditions might promote sharing better.</P> |
||||
<P>However, unrestricted linking of non-free programs would deprive the |
||||
users of those programs of all benefit from the free status of the |
||||
libraries themselves. This Library General Public License is intended |
||||
to permit developers of non-free programs to use free libraries, while |
||||
preserving your freedom as a user of such programs to change the free |
||||
libraries that are incorporated in them. (We have not seen how to |
||||
achieve this as regards changes in header files, but we have achieved |
||||
it as regards changes in the actual functions of the Library.) The hope |
||||
is that this will lead to faster development of free libraries.</P> |
||||
<P>The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and |
||||
modification follow. Pay close attention to the difference between a |
||||
"work based on the libary" and a "work that uses the library". The |
||||
former contains code derived from the library, while the latter only |
||||
works together with the library.</P> |
||||
<P>Note that it is possible for a library to be covered by the ordinary |
||||
General Public License rather than by this special one.</P> |
||||
<P align="center"><BIG>TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION |
||||
AND MODIFICATION</BIG></P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>0.</STRONG> This License Agreement applies to any software |
||||
library which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder or other |
||||
authorized party saying it may be distributed under the terms of this |
||||
Library General Public License (also called "this License"). Each |
||||
licensee is addressed as "you".</P> |
||||
<P>A "library" means a collection of software functions and/or data |
||||
prepared so as to be conveniently linked with application programs |
||||
(which use some of those functions and data) to form executables.</P> |
||||
<P>The "Library", below, refers to any such software library or work |
||||
which has been distributed under these terms. A "work based on the |
||||
Library" means either the Library or any derivative work under |
||||
copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Library or a |
||||
portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated |
||||
straightforwardly into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is |
||||
included without limitation in the term "modification".)</P> |
||||
<P>"Source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work for |
||||
making modifications to it. For a library, complete source code means |
||||
all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated |
||||
interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control |
||||
compilation and installation of the library.</P> |
||||
<P>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not |
||||
covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running |
||||
a program using the Library is not restricted, and output from such a |
||||
program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the |
||||
Library (independent of the use of the Library in a tool for writing |
||||
it). Whether that is true depends on what the Library does and what the |
||||
program that uses the Library does.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>1.</STRONG> You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of |
||||
the Library's complete source code as you receive it, in any medium, |
||||
provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy |
||||
an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact |
||||
all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any |
||||
warranty; and distribute a copy of this License along with the Library.</P> |
||||
<P>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and |
||||
you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>2.</STRONG> You may modify your copy or copies of the Library |
||||
or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Library, and |
||||
copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of |
||||
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P><STRONG>a)</STRONG> The modified work must itself be a software |
||||
library.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> You must cause the files modified to carry |
||||
prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of |
||||
any change.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>c)</STRONG> You must cause the whole of the work to be |
||||
licensed at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this |
||||
License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>d)</STRONG> If a facility in the modified Library refers to a |
||||
function or a table of data to be supplied by an application program |
||||
that uses the facility, other than as an argument passed when the |
||||
facility is invoked, then you must make a good faith effort to ensure |
||||
that, in the event an application does not supply such function or |
||||
table, the facility still operates, and performs whatever part of its |
||||
purpose remains meaningful.</P> |
||||
<P>(For example, a function in a library to compute square roots has a |
||||
purpose that is entirely well-defined independent of the application. |
||||
Therefore, Subsection 2d requires that any application-supplied |
||||
function or table used by this function must be optional: if the |
||||
application does not supply it, the square root function must still |
||||
compute square roots.)</P> |
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If |
||||
identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Library, |
||||
and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in |
||||
themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those |
||||
sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you |
||||
distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based |
||||
on the Library, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of |
||||
this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the |
||||
entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote |
||||
it.</P> |
||||
<P>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest |
||||
your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to |
||||
exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or |
||||
collective works based on the Library.</P> |
||||
<P>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the |
||||
Library with the Library (or with a work based on the Library) on a |
||||
volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other |
||||
work under the scope of this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>3.</STRONG> You may opt to apply the terms of the ordinary |
||||
GNU General Public License instead of this License to a given copy of |
||||
the Library. To do this, you must alter all the notices that refer to |
||||
this License, so that they refer to the ordinary GNU General Public |
||||
License, version 2, instead of to this License. (If a newer version |
||||
than version 2 of the ordinary GNU General Public License has appeared, |
||||
then you can specify that version instead if you wish.) Do not make any |
||||
other change in these notices.</P> |
||||
<P>Once this change is made in a given copy, it is irreversible for that |
||||
copy, so the ordinary GNU General Public License applies to all |
||||
subsequent copies and derivative works made from that copy.</P> |
||||
<P>This option is useful when you wish to copy part of the code of the |
||||
Library into a program that is not a library.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>4.</STRONG> You may copy and distribute the Library (or a |
||||
portion or derivative of it, under Section 2) in object code or |
||||
executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that |
||||
you accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable |
||||
source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 |
||||
and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange.</P> |
||||
<P>If distribution of object code is made by offering access to copy |
||||
from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the |
||||
source code from the same place satisfies the requirement to distribute |
||||
the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy |
||||
the source along with the object code.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>5.</STRONG> A program that contains no derivative of any |
||||
portion of the Library, but is designed to work with the Library by |
||||
being compiled or linked with it, is called a "work that uses the |
||||
Library". Such a work, in isolation, is not a derivative work of the |
||||
Library, and therefore falls outside the scope of this License.</P> |
||||
<P>However, linking a "work that uses the Library" with the Library |
||||
creates an executable that is a derivative of the Library (because it |
||||
contains portions of the Library), rather than a "work that uses the |
||||
library". The executable is therefore covered by this License. Section |
||||
6 states terms for distribution of such executables.</P> |
||||
<P>When a "work that uses the Library" uses material from a header file |
||||
that is part of the Library, the object code for the work may be a |
||||
derivative work of the Library even though the source code is not. |
||||
Whether this is true is especially significant if the work can be |
||||
linked without the Library, or if the work is itself a library. The |
||||
threshold for this to be true is not precisely defined by law.</P> |
||||
<P>If such an object file uses only numerical parameters, data structure |
||||
layouts and accessors, and small macros and small inline functions (ten |
||||
lines or less in length), then the use of the object file is |
||||
unrestricted, regardless of whether it is legally a derivative work. |
||||
(Executables containing this object code plus portions of the Library |
||||
will still fall under Section 6.)</P> |
||||
<P>Otherwise, if the work is a derivative of the Library, you may |
||||
distribute the object code for the work under the terms of Section 6. |
||||
Any executables containing that work also fall under Section 6, whether |
||||
or not they are linked directly with the Library itself.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>6.</STRONG> As an exception to the Sections above, you may |
||||
also compile or link a "work that uses the Library" with the Library to |
||||
produce a work containing portions of the Library, and distribute that |
||||
work under terms of your choice, provided that the terms permit |
||||
modification of the work for the customer's own use and reverse |
||||
engineering for debugging such modifications.</P> |
||||
<P>You must give prominent notice with each copy of the work that the |
||||
Library is used in it and that the Library and its use are covered by |
||||
this License. You must supply a copy of this License. If the work |
||||
during execution displays copyright notices, you must include the |
||||
copyright notice for the Library among them, as well as a reference |
||||
directing the user to the copy of this License. Also, you must do one |
||||
of these things:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE><STRONG> a)</STRONG> Accompany the work with the complete |
||||
corresponding machine-readable source code for the Library including |
||||
whatever changes were used in the work (which must be distributed under |
||||
Sections 1 and 2 above); and, if the work is an executable linked with |
||||
the Library, with the complete machine-readable "work that uses the |
||||
Library", as object code and/or source code, so that the user can |
||||
modify the Library and then relink to produce a modified executable |
||||
containing the modified Library. (It is understood that the user who |
||||
changes the contents of definitions files in the Library will not |
||||
necessarily be able to recompile the application to use the modified |
||||
definitions.) |
||||
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> Accompany the work with a written offer, valid |
||||
for at least three years, to give the same user the materials specified |
||||
in Subsection 6a, above, for a charge no more than the cost of |
||||
performing this distribution.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>c)</STRONG> If distribution of the work is made by offering |
||||
access to copy from a designated place, offer equivalent access to copy |
||||
the above specified materials from the same place.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>d)</STRONG> Verify that the user has already received a copy |
||||
of these materials or that you have already sent this user a copy.</P> |
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P>For an executable, the required form of the "work that uses the |
||||
Library" must include any data and utility programs needed for |
||||
reproducing the executable from it. However, as a special exception, |
||||
the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally |
||||
distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components |
||||
(compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the |
||||
executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the |
||||
executable.</P> |
||||
<P>It may happen that this requirement contradicts the license |
||||
restrictions of other proprietary libraries that do not normally |
||||
accompany the operating system. Such a contradiction means you cannot |
||||
use both them and the Library together in an executable that you |
||||
distribute.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>7.</STRONG> You may place library facilities that are a work |
||||
based on the Library side-by-side in a single library together with |
||||
other library facilities not covered by this License, and distribute |
||||
such a combined library, provided that the separate distribution of the |
||||
work based on the Library and of the other library facilities is |
||||
otherwise permitted, and provided that you do these two things:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE><STRONG> a)</STRONG> Accompany the combined library with a |
||||
copy of the same work based on the Library, uncombined with any other |
||||
library facilities. This must be distributed under the terms of the |
||||
Sections above. |
||||
<P><STRONG>b)</STRONG> Give prominent notice with the combined library |
||||
of the fact that part of it is a work based on the Library, and |
||||
explaining where to find the accompanying uncombined form of the same |
||||
work.</P> |
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P><STRONG>8.</STRONG> You may not copy, modify, sublicense, link with, |
||||
or distribute the Library except as expressly provided under this |
||||
License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, link with, |
||||
or distribute the Library is void, and will automatically terminate |
||||
your rights under this License. However, parties who have received |
||||
copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their |
||||
licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>9.</STRONG> You are not required to accept this License, |
||||
since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you |
||||
permission to modify or distribute the Library or its derivative works. |
||||
These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. |
||||
Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Library (or any work based |
||||
on the Library), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, |
||||
and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying |
||||
the Library or works based on it.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>10.</STRONG> Each time you redistribute the Library (or any |
||||
work based on the Library), the recipient automatically receives a |
||||
license from the original licensor to copy, distribute, link with or |
||||
modify the Library subject to these terms and conditions. You may not |
||||
impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the |
||||
rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance |
||||
by third parties to this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>11.</STRONG> If, as a consequence of a court judgment or |
||||
allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited |
||||
to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court |
||||
order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this |
||||
License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If |
||||
you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations |
||||
under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a |
||||
consequence you may not distribute the Library at all. For example, if |
||||
a patent license would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the |
||||
Library by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through |
||||
you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would |
||||
be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Library.</P> |
||||
<P>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under |
||||
any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to |
||||
apply, and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other |
||||
circumstances.</P> |
||||
<P>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any |
||||
patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any |
||||
such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the |
||||
integrity of the free software distribution system which is implemented |
||||
by public license practices. Many people have made generous |
||||
contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that |
||||
system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up |
||||
to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute |
||||
software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that |
||||
choice.</P> |
||||
<P>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to |
||||
be a consequence of the rest of this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>12.</STRONG> If the distribution and/or use of the Library is |
||||
restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted |
||||
interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Library under |
||||
this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation |
||||
excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or |
||||
among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License |
||||
incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>13.</STRONG> The Free Software Foundation may publish revised |
||||
and/or new versions of the Library General Public License from time to |
||||
time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present |
||||
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.</P> |
||||
<P>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Library |
||||
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any |
||||
later version", you have the option of following the terms and |
||||
conditions either of that version or of any later version published by |
||||
the Free Software Foundation. If the Library does not specify a license |
||||
version number, you may choose any version ever published by the Free |
||||
Software Foundation.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>14.</STRONG> If you wish to incorporate parts of the Library |
||||
into other free programs whose distribution conditions are incompatible |
||||
with these, write to the author to ask for permission. For software |
||||
which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free |
||||
Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our |
||||
decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status |
||||
of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing |
||||
and reuse of software generally.</P> |
||||
<P align="center"><BIG>NO WARRANTY</BIG></P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>15.</STRONG> BECAUSE THE LIBRARY IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, |
||||
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE LIBRARY, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY |
||||
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT |
||||
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE LIBRARY "AS IS" WITHOUT |
||||
WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT |
||||
LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A |
||||
PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE |
||||
OF THE LIBRARY IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE LIBRARY PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU |
||||
ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.</P> |
||||
<P><STRONG>16.</STRONG> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR |
||||
AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO |
||||
MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE LIBRARY AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE |
||||
LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL |
||||
OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE |
||||
LIBRARY (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING |
||||
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A |
||||
FAILURE OF THE LIBRARY TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER SOFTWARE), EVEN IF |
||||
SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH |
||||
DAMAGES.</P> |
||||
<P align="center"><BIG>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</BIG></P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYourNewLibraries.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="NotationConventions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="OtherReferences.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_5">Abbreviations</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The following abbreviations are used throughout this manual:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT>Gb</DT> |
||||
<DD>Gigabytes, or 1073741824 bytes |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
<DT>kb</DT> |
||||
<DD>Kilobytes, or 1024 bytes |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
<DT>Mb</DT> |
||||
<DD>Megabytes, or 1048576 bytes |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
<DT>UTF-8, UTF-16</DT> |
||||
<DD>Unicode Transformation Format, 8-bit or 16-bit |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
<DT>W3C</DT> |
||||
<DD>World Wide Web Consortium |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
<DT>XML</DT> |
||||
<DD>Extensible Markup Language |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE><HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OtherReferences.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYourNewLibraries.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML222.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYourNewLibraries.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML222.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="RELNOTES">B - Release Notes</A></H1> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="HowtoApplyTheseTermstoYourNewLibraries.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML222.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,36 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Contents.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="REFERENCE">C - Library Reference</A></H1> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CLibraryReference.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_15">Changes in Mini-XML 0.9</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Initial public release.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_14">Changes in Mini-XML 0.91</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlWalkNext() would go into an infinite loop.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML09.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,39 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_13">Changes in Mini-XML 0.92</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() didn't return a value on success.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML091.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_12">Changes in Mini-XML 0.93</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>New mxmldoc example program that is also used to create and update |
||||
code documentation using XML and produce HTML reference pages.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added mxmlAdd() and mxmlRemove() functions to add and remove nodes |
||||
from a tree. This provides more flexibility over where the nodes are |
||||
inserted and allows nodes to be moved within the tree as needed.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadFile() now correctly handles comments.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadFile() now supports the required "gt", "quot", and "nbsp" |
||||
character entities.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() now uses newlines as whitespace when valid to do so.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlFindElement() now also takes attribute name and attribute value |
||||
string arguments to limit the search to specific elements with |
||||
attributes and/or values.</LI> |
||||
NULL pointers can be used as "wildcards". |
||||
<LI>Added uninstall target to makefile, and auto-reconfig if Makefile.in |
||||
or configure.in are changed.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlFindElement(), mxmlWalkNext(), and mxmlWalkPrev() now all |
||||
provide "descend" arguments to control whether they descend into child |
||||
nodes in the tree.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed some whitespace issues in mxmlLoadFile().</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed Unicode output and whitespace issues in mxmlSaveFile().</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveFile() now supports a whitespace callback to provide more |
||||
human-readable XML output under program control.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML092.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_11">Changes in Mini-XML 1.0</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc program now handles function arguments, structures, |
||||
unions, enumerations, classes, and typedefs properly.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Documentation provided via mxmldoc and more in-line comments in the |
||||
code.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added man pages and packaging files.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML093.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_10">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The mxmlLoadFile() function now uses dynamically allocated string |
||||
buffers for element names, attribute names, and attribute values. |
||||
Previously they were capped at 16383, 255, and 255 bytes, respectively.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a new mxmlLoadString() function for loading an XML node tree |
||||
from a string.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a new mxmlSaveString() function for saving an XML node tree to |
||||
a string.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Add emulation of strdup() if the local platform does not provide the |
||||
function.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML10.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_9">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The private mxml_add_ch() function did not update the |
||||
start-of-buffer pointer which could cause a crash when using |
||||
mxmlSaveString().</LI> |
||||
<LI>The private mxml_write_ws() function called putc() instead of using |
||||
the proper callback which could cause a crash when using |
||||
mxmlSaveString().</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added a mxmlSaveAllocString() convenience function for saving an XML |
||||
node tree to an allocated string.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML11.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_8">Changes in Mini-XML 1.1.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>The mxml(3) man page wasn't updated for the string functions.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlSaveString() returned the wrong number of characters.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxml_add_char() updated the buffer pointer in the wrong place.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML111.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_7">Changes in Mini-XML 1.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added new "set" methods to set the value of a node.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new formatted text methods mxmlNewTextf() and mxmlSetTextf() |
||||
to create/set a text node value using printf-style formats.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new standard callbacks for use with the mxmlLoad functions.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Updated the HTML documentation to include examples of the walk and |
||||
load function output.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added --with/without-ansi configure option to control the strdup() |
||||
function check.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added --with/without-snprintf configure option to control the |
||||
snprintf() and vsnprintf() function checks.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML112.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_6">Changes in Mini-XML 1.3</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Fixes for mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added support for reading standard HTML entity names.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadString/File() did not decode character entities in element |
||||
names, attribute names, or attribute values.</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadString/File() would crash when loading non- conformant XML |
||||
data under an existing parent (top) node.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed several bugs in the mxmldoc utility.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new error callback function to catch a variety of errors and |
||||
log them to someplace other than stderr.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmlElementSetAttr() function now allows for NULL attribute |
||||
values.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The load and save functions now properly handle quoted element and |
||||
attribute name strings properly, e.g. for !DOCTYPE declarations.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML12.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML21.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML21.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_5">Changes in Mini-XML 2.0</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>New programmers manual.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added Visual C++ project files for Microsoft Windows users.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added optimizations to mxmldoc, mxmlSaveFile(), and mxmlIndexNew() |
||||
(STR #2)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlEntityAddCallback() now returns an integer status (STR #2)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added UTF-16 support (input only; all output is UTF-8)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added index functions to build a searchable index of XML nodes.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added character entity callback interface to support additional |
||||
character entities beyond those defined in the XHTML specification.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added support for XHTML character entities.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility now produces XML output which conforms to an |
||||
updated XML schema, described in the file "doc/mxmldoc.xsd".</LI> |
||||
<LI>Changed the whitespace callback interface to return strings instead |
||||
of a single character, allowing for greater control over the formatting |
||||
of XML files written using Mini-XML. THIS CHANGE WILL REQUIRE CHANGES |
||||
TO YOUR 1.x CODE IF YOU USE WHITESPACE CALLBACKS.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility now produces XML output which conforms to an |
||||
updated XML schema, described in the file "doc/mxmldoc.xsd".</LI> |
||||
<LI>Changed the whitespace callback interface to return strings instead |
||||
of a single character, allowing for greater control over the formatting |
||||
of XML files written using Mini-XML. THIS CHANGE WILL REQUIRE CHANGES |
||||
TO YOUR 1.x CODE IF YOU USE WHITESPACE CALLBACKS.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The mxmldoc utility is now capable of documenting C++ classes, |
||||
functions, and structures, and correctly handles C++ comments.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added new modular tests for mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Updated the mxmldoc output to be more compatible with embedding in |
||||
manuals produced with HTMLDOC.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The makefile incorrectly included a "/" separator between the |
||||
destination path and install path. This caused problems when building |
||||
and installing with MingW.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML21.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML13.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML22.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML22.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_4">Changes in Mini-XML 2.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added support for custom data nodes (STR #6)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Now treat UTF-8 sequences which are longer than necessary as an |
||||
error (STR #4)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed entity number support (STR #8)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed mxmlLoadString() bug with UTF-8 (STR #7)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed entity lookup bug (STR #5)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added mxmlLoadFd() and mxmlSaveFd() functions.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed multi-word UTF-16 handling.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML22.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML20.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML221.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML21.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML221.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML21.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_3">Changes in Mini-XML 2.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Added shared library support (STR #17)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() now returns an error when an XML stream contains illegal |
||||
control characters (STR #10)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() now returns an error when an element contains two |
||||
attributes with the same name in conformance with the XML spec (STR |
||||
#16)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added support for CDATA (STR #14, STR #15)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Updated comment and processing instruction handling - no entity |
||||
support per XML specification.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Added checking for invalid comment termination ("--->" is not |
||||
allowed)</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML221.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML21.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML222.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML22.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML222.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML22.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_2">Changes in Mini-XML 2.2.1</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoadFd(), mxmlLoadFile(), and mxmlLoadString() now correctly |
||||
return NULL on error (STR #21)</LI> |
||||
<LI>mxmlNewInteger(), mxmlNewOpaque(), mxmlNewReal(), mxmlNewText(), and |
||||
mxmlNewTextf() incorrectly required a parent node (STR #22)</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed an XML output bug in mxmldoc.</LI> |
||||
<LI>The "make install" target now uses the install command to set the |
||||
proper permissions on UNIX/Linux/OSX.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Fixed a MingW/Cygwin compilation problem (STR #18)</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML222.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML22.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="BReleaseNotes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangesinMiniXML221.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML221.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="7_1">Changes in Mini-XML 2.2.2</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>mxmlLoad*() did not treat custom data as opaque, so whitespace |
||||
characters would be lost.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangesinMiniXML221.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CustomDataTypes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FormattedText.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_4">Changing Node Values</A></H2> |
||||
<P>All of the examples so far have concentrated on creating and loading |
||||
new XML data nodes. Many applications, however, need to manipulate or |
||||
change the nodes during their operation, so Mini-XML provides functions |
||||
to change node values safely and without leaking memory.</P> |
||||
<P>Existing nodes can be changed using the <A href="mxmlSetElement.html#mxmlSetElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetElement()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetInteger.html#mxmlSetInteger"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetInteger()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetOpaque.html#mxmlSetOpaque"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetOpaque()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSetReal.html#mxmlSetReal"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetReal()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetText()</TT></A> functions. For example, use the following |
||||
function call to change a text node to contain the text "new" with |
||||
leading whitespace:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node; |
||||
|
||||
<A href="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText">mxmlSetText</A>(node, 1, "new"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Types.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Enumerations.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Types.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="5_2_4">Classes, Structures, and Unions</A></H3> |
||||
<P>Each class, structure, and union must have a comment block |
||||
immediately before the definition, and each member must be documented |
||||
in accordance with the function and variable documentation |
||||
requirements, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* This structure is for foobar options. |
||||
*/ |
||||
struct this_struct_s |
||||
{ |
||||
int this_member; /* Current state for this */ |
||||
int that_member; /* Current state for that */ |
||||
}; |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* This class is for barfoo options. |
||||
*/ |
||||
class this_class_c |
||||
{ |
||||
int this_member; /* Current state for this */ |
||||
int that_member; /* Current state for that */ |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* 'get_this()' - Get the current state for this. |
||||
*/ |
||||
int /* O - Current state for this */ |
||||
get_this() |
||||
{ |
||||
return (this_member); |
||||
} |
||||
}; |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Types.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,40 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TheBasics1.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="5_2">Code Documentation Conventions</A></H2> |
||||
<P>As noted previously, source code must be commented properly for <TT> |
||||
mxmldoc</TT> to generate correct documentation for the code. Single line |
||||
comments can use the C++ <TT>//</TT> comment sequence, however all |
||||
multi-line comments must use the C <TT>/* ... */</TT> comment sequence.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics1.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="2_1">Compiling Mini-XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML comes with an autoconf-based configure script; just type the |
||||
following command to get things going:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>./configure ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The default install prefix is<VAR> /usr/local</VAR>, which can be |
||||
overridden using the <KBD>--prefix</KBD> option:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>./configure --prefix=/foo ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Other configure options can be found using the <KBD>--help</KBD> |
||||
option:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>./configure --help ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Once you have configured the software, use the <TT>make(1)</TT> |
||||
program to do the build and run the test program to verify that things |
||||
are working, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>make ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CLibraryReference.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Enumerations1.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations1.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="8_1">Contents</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="Enumerations1.html#_enumerations">Enumerations</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Functions.html#_functions">Functions</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Structures.html#_structures">Structures</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Types1.html#_types">Types</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="Unions.html#_unions">Unions</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CLibraryReference.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations1.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="2_3">Creating Mini-XML Packages</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML includes two files that can be used to create binary |
||||
packages. The first file is<VAR> mxml.spec</VAR> which is used by the <TT> |
||||
rpmbuild(8)</TT> software to create Red Hat Package Manager ("RPM") |
||||
packages which are commonly used on Linux. Since <TT>rpmbuild</TT> |
||||
wants to compile the software on its own, you can provide it with the |
||||
Mini-XML tar file to build the package:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>rpmbuild -ta mxml-<I>version</I>.tar.gz ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The second file is<VAR> mxml.list</VAR> which is used by the <TT> |
||||
epm(1)</TT> program to create software packages in a variety of formats. |
||||
The <TT>epm</TT> program is available from the following URL:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="http://www.easysw.com/epm/">http://www.easysw.com/epm/</A> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Use the <TT>make</TT> command with the <KBD>epm</KBD> target to |
||||
create portable and native packages for your system:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>make epm ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The packages are stored in a subdirectory named<VAR> dist</VAR> for |
||||
your convenience. The portable packages utilize scripts and tar files |
||||
to install the software on the target system; this is especially useful |
||||
when installing on systems with different Linux distributions. Use the<VAR> |
||||
mxml.install</VAR> script to install the software and<VAR> mxml.remove</VAR> |
||||
script to remove the software.</P> |
||||
<P>The native packages will be in the local OS's native format: RPM for |
||||
Red Hat Linux, DPKG for Debian Linux, PKG for Solaris, and so forth. |
||||
Use the corresponding commands to install the native packages.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="InstallingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,169 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="SaveCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_3">Custom Data Types</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML supports custom data types via global load and save |
||||
callbacks. Only a single set of callbacks can be active at any time, |
||||
however your callbacks can store additional information in order to |
||||
support multiple custom data types as needed. The <TT>MXML_CUSTOM</TT> |
||||
node type identifies custom data nodes.</P> |
||||
<P>The load callback receives a pointer to the current data node and a |
||||
string of opaque character data from the XML source with character |
||||
entities converted to the corresponding UTF-8 characters. For example, |
||||
if we wanted to support a custom date/time type whose value is encoded |
||||
as "yyyy-mm-ddThh:mm:ssZ" (ISO format), the load callback would look |
||||
like the following:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
typedef struct |
||||
{ |
||||
unsigned year, /* Year */ |
||||
month, /* Month */ |
||||
day, /* Day */ |
||||
hour, /* Hour */ |
||||
minute, /* Minute */ |
||||
second; /* Second */ |
||||
time_t unix; /* UNIX time value */ |
||||
} iso_date_time_t; |
||||
|
||||
int /* I - 0 on success, -1 on error */ |
||||
load_custom(mxml_node_t *node, /* I - Node */ |
||||
const char *data) /* I - Value */ |
||||
{ |
||||
iso_date_time_t *dt; /* Date/time value */ |
||||
struct tm tmdata; /* UNIX time data */ |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Allocate data structure... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
dt = calloc(1, sizeof(iso_date_time_t)); |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Try reading 6 unsigned integers from the data string... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (sscanf(data, "%u-%u-%uT%u:%u:%uZ", |
||||
&(dt->year), &(dt->month), &(dt->day), |
||||
&(dt->hour), &(dt->minute), &(dt->second)) != 6) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Unable to read numbers, free the data structure and return an |
||||
* error... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
free(dt); |
||||
|
||||
return (-1); |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Range check values... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (dt->month <1 || dt->month > 12 || |
||||
dt->day <1 || dt->day > 31 || |
||||
dt->hour <0 || dt->hour > 23 || |
||||
dt->minute <0 || dt->minute > 59 || |
||||
dt->second <0 || dt->second > 59) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Date information is out of range... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
free(dt); |
||||
|
||||
return (-1); |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Convert ISO time to UNIX time in seconds... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
tmdata.tm_year = dt->year - 1900; |
||||
tmdata.tm_mon = dt->month - 1; |
||||
tmdata.tm_day = dt->day; |
||||
tmdata.tm_hour = dt->hour; |
||||
tmdata.tm_min = dt->minute; |
||||
tmdata.tm_sec = dt->second; |
||||
|
||||
dt->unix = gmtime(&tmdata); |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Assign custom node data and destroy function pointers... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
node->value.custom.data = dt; |
||||
node->value.custom.destroy = free; |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Return with no errors... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
return (0); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The function itself can return 0 on success or -1 if it is unable to |
||||
decode the custom data or the data contains an error. Custom data nodes |
||||
contain a <TT>void</TT> pointer to the allocated custom data for the |
||||
node and a pointer to a destructor function which will free the custom |
||||
data when the node is deleted.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 3in --> |
||||
<P>The save callback receives the node pointer and returns an allocated |
||||
string containing the custom data value. The following save callback |
||||
could be used for our ISO date/time type:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char * /* I - Allocated string */ |
||||
save_custom(mxml_node_t *node) /* I - Node */ |
||||
{ |
||||
char data[255]; /* Data string */ |
||||
iso_date_time_t *dt; /* ISO date/time pointer */ |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
dt = (iso_date_time_t *)node->custom.data; |
||||
|
||||
snprintf(data, sizeof(data), "%04u-%02u-%02uT%02u:%02u:%02uZ", |
||||
dt->year, dt->month, dt->day, dt->hour, |
||||
dt->minute, dt->second); |
||||
|
||||
return (strdup(data)); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>You register the callback functions using the <A href="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html#mxmlSetCustomHandlers"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSetCustomHandlers()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxmlSetCustomHandlers(load_custom, save_custom); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,51 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="XMLSchema.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="5_2_5">Enumerations</A></H3> |
||||
<P>Each enumeration must have a comment block immediately before the |
||||
definition describing what the enumeration is for, and each enumeration |
||||
value must have a comment immediately after the value, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* Enumeration of media trays. |
||||
*/ |
||||
enum this_enum_e |
||||
{ |
||||
THIS_TRAY, /* This tray */ |
||||
THAT_TRAY /* That tray */ |
||||
}; |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="XMLSchema.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Contents.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmltypee.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="_enumerations">Enumerations</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltypee.html#mxml_type_e"><TT>mxml_type_e</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Contents.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,127 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="SavingXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="3_4_1">Finding and Iterating Nodes</A></H3> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev"><TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT></A> |
||||
and <A href="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext"><TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT></A> |
||||
functions can be used to iterate through the XML node tree:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node = <A href="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev">mxmlWalkPrev</A>(current, tree, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node = <A href="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext">mxmlWalkNext</A>(current, tree, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>In addition, you can find a named element/node using the <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "name", "attr", |
||||
"value", MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <TT>name</TT>, <TT>attr</TT>, and <TT>value</TT> arguments can be |
||||
passed as <TT>NULL</TT> to act as wildcards, e.g.:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* Find the first "a" element */ |
||||
node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "a", NULL, NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
/* Find the first "a" element with "href" attribute */ |
||||
node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "a", "href", NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
/* Find the first "a" element with "href" to a URL */ |
||||
node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "a", "href", |
||||
"http://www.easysw.com/~mike/mxml/", MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
/* Find the first element with a "src" attribute*/ |
||||
node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, NULL, "src", NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
|
||||
/* Find the first element with a "src" = "foo.jpg" */ |
||||
node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, NULL, "src", "foo.jpg", MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>You can also iterate with the same function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node; |
||||
|
||||
for (node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(tree, tree, "name", NULL, NULL, MXML_DESCEND); |
||||
node != NULL; |
||||
node = <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement</A>(node, tree, "name", NULL, NULL, MXML_DESCEND)) |
||||
{ |
||||
... do something ... |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> argument can actually be one of three |
||||
constants:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_NO_DESCEND</TT> means to not to look at any child nodes in |
||||
the element hierarchy, just look at siblings at the same level or |
||||
parent nodes until the top node or top-of-tree is reached. The previous |
||||
node from "group" would be the "node" element to the left, while the |
||||
next node from "group" would be the "node" element to the right.</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TT> means that it is OK to descend to the |
||||
first child of a node, but not to descend further when searching. |
||||
You'll normally use this when iterating through direct children of a |
||||
parent node, e.g. all of the "node" elements under the "?xml" parent |
||||
node in the example above. This mode is only applicable to the search |
||||
function; the walk functions treat this as <TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> since |
||||
every call is a first time.</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_DESCEND</TT> means to keep descending until you hit the |
||||
bottom of the tree. The previous node from "group" would be the "val3" |
||||
node and the next node would be the first node element under "group". |
||||
If you were to walk from the root node "?xml" to the end of the tree |
||||
with <TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT>, the order would be: |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
?xml |
||||
data |
||||
node |
||||
val1 |
||||
node |
||||
val2 |
||||
node |
||||
val3 |
||||
group |
||||
node |
||||
val4 |
||||
node |
||||
val5 |
||||
node |
||||
val6 |
||||
node |
||||
val7 |
||||
node |
||||
val8 |
||||
node |
||||
val9 |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>If you started at "val9" and walked using <TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT>, |
||||
the order would be reversed, ending at "?xml".</P> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,47 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Indexing.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_5">Formatted Text</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf"><TT>mxmlNewTextf()</TT></A> |
||||
and <A href="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf"><TT>mxmlSetTextf()</TT></A> |
||||
functions create and change text nodes, respectively, using <TT>printf</TT> |
||||
-style format strings and arguments. For example, use the following |
||||
function call to create a new text node:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node; |
||||
|
||||
node = <A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf">mxmlNewTextf</A>(node, 1, "%s/%s", |
||||
path, filename); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ChangingNodeValues.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Indexing.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,104 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmltypee.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlAdd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="_functions">Functions</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlAdd.html#mxmlAdd"><TT>mxmlAdd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlDelete.html#mxmlDelete"><TT>mxmlDelete()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlElementGetAttr.html#mxmlElementGetAttr"><TT> |
||||
mxmlElementGetAttr()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlElementSetAttr.html#mxmlElementSetAttr"><TT> |
||||
mxmlElementSetAttr()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html#mxmlEntityAddCallback"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityAddCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityGetName.html#mxmlEntityGetName"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityGetName()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityGetValue.html#mxmlEntityGetValue"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityGetValue()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html#mxmlEntityRemoveCallback"><TT> |
||||
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"><TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexDelete.html#mxmlIndexDelete"><TT>mxmlIndexDelete()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"><TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"><TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew"><TT>mxmlIndexNew()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"><TT>mxmlIndexReset()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadFd.html#mxmlLoadFd"><TT>mxmlLoadFd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"><TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewCustom.html#mxmlNewCustom"><TT>mxmlNewCustom()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement"><TT>mxmlNewElement()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewInteger.html#mxmlNewInteger"><TT>mxmlNewInteger()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewOpaque.html#mxmlNewOpaque"><TT>mxmlNewOpaque()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewReal.html#mxmlNewReal"><TT>mxmlNewReal()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText"><TT>mxmlNewText()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlNewTextf.html#mxmlNewTextf"><TT>mxmlNewTextf()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlRemove.html#mxmlRemove"><TT>mxmlRemove()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveFd.html#mxmlSaveFd"><TT>mxmlSaveFd()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"><TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"><TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetCustom.html#mxmlSetCustom"><TT>mxmlSetCustom()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html#mxmlSetCustomHandlers"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetCustomHandlers()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetElement.html#mxmlSetElement"><TT>mxmlSetElement()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html#mxmlSetErrorCallback"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSetErrorCallback()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetInteger.html#mxmlSetInteger"><TT>mxmlSetInteger()</TT> |
||||
</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetOpaque.html#mxmlSetOpaque"><TT>mxmlSetOpaque()</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetReal.html#mxmlSetReal"><TT>mxmlSetReal()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetText.html#mxmlSetText"><TT>mxmlSetText()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlSetTextf.html#mxmlSetTextf"><TT>mxmlSetTextf()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlWalkNext.html#mxmlWalkNext"><TT>mxmlWalkNext()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlWalkPrev.html#mxmlWalkPrev"><TT>mxmlWalkPrev()</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmltypee.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="5_2_1">Functions and Methods</A></H3> |
||||
<P>All implementations of functions and methods must begin with a |
||||
comment header describing what the function does, the possible input |
||||
limits (if any), and the possible output values (if any), and any |
||||
special information needed, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* 'do_this()' - Compute y = this(x). |
||||
* |
||||
* Notes: none. |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
float /* O - Inverse power value, 0.0 <= y <= 1.1 */ |
||||
do_this(float x) /* I - Power value (0.0 <= x <= 1.1) */ |
||||
{ |
||||
... |
||||
return (y); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Return/output values are indicated using an "O" prefix, input values |
||||
are indicated using the "I" prefix, and values that are both input and |
||||
output use the "IO" prefix for the corresponding in-line comment.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LegalStuff.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_2">History</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML was initially developed for the <A href="http://gimp-print.sf.net/"> |
||||
Gimp-Print</A> project to replace the rather large and unwieldy <TT> |
||||
libxml2</TT> library with something substantially smaller and |
||||
easier-to-use. It all began one morning in June of 2003 when Robert |
||||
posted the following sentence to the developer's list:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>It's bad enough that we require libxml2, but rolling our own |
||||
XML parser is a bit more than we can handle.</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P>I then replied with:</P> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE>Given the limited scope of what you use in XML, it should be |
||||
trivial to code a mini-XML API in a few hundred lines of code.</BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<P>I took my own challenge and coded furiously for two days to produced |
||||
the initial public release of Mini-XML, total lines of code: 696. |
||||
Robert promptly integrated Mini-XML into Gimp-Print and removed |
||||
libxml2.</P> |
||||
<P>Thanks to lots of feedback and support from various developers, |
||||
Mini-XML has evolved since then to provide a more complete XML |
||||
implementation and now stands at a whopping 2,974 lines of code, |
||||
compared to 103,893 lines of code for libxml2 version 2.6.9. Aside from |
||||
Gimp-Print, Mini-XML is used for the following projects/software |
||||
applications:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://www.cups.org/">Common UNIX Printing System</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://www.cups.org/ddk/">CUPS Driver Development Kit</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://www.easysw.com/printpro/">ESP Print Pro</A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="http://zynaddsubfx.sourceforge.net">ZynAddSubFX</A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>Please email me (mxml @ easysw . com) if you would like your project |
||||
added or removed from this list, or if you have any comments/quotes you |
||||
would like me to publish about your experiences with Mini-XML.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 3in --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,78 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="BReleaseNotes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="6_1">How to Apply These Terms to Your New Libraries</A></H2> |
||||
<P>If you develop a new library, and you want it to be of the greatest |
||||
possible use to the public, we recommend making it free software that |
||||
everyone can redistribute and change. You can do so by permitting |
||||
redistribution under these terms (or, alternatively, under the terms of |
||||
the ordinary General Public License).</P> |
||||
<P>To apply these terms, attach the following notices to the library. It |
||||
is safest to attach them to the start of each source file to most |
||||
effectively convey the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have |
||||
at least the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is |
||||
found.</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<VAR>one line to give the library's name and an idea of what it does.</VAR> |
||||
Copyright (C) <VAR>year</VAR> <VAR>name of author</VAR> |
||||
|
||||
This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public |
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
||||
version 2.1 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. |
||||
|
||||
This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
||||
Lesser General Public License for more details. |
||||
|
||||
You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public |
||||
License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software |
||||
Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper |
||||
mail.</P> |
||||
<P>You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or |
||||
your school, if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the library, |
||||
if necessary. Here is a sample; alter the names:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
Yoyodyne, Inc., hereby disclaims all copyright interest in |
||||
the library `Frob' (a library for tweaking knobs) written |
||||
by James Random Hacker. |
||||
|
||||
<VAR>signature of Ty Coon</VAR>, 1 April 1990 |
||||
Ty Coon, President of Vice |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>That's all there is to it!</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="BReleaseNotes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,113 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FormattedText.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="4_6">Indexing</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML provides functions for managing indices of nodes. The |
||||
current implementation provides the same functionality as the <A href="mxmlFindElement.html#mxmlFindElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlFindElement()</TT></A>. The advantage of using an index is that |
||||
searching and enumeration of elements is significantly faster. The only |
||||
disadvantage is that each index is a static snapshot of the XML |
||||
document, so indices are not well suited to XML data that is updated |
||||
more often than it is searched. The overhead of creating an index is |
||||
approximately equal to walking the XML document tree. Nodes in the |
||||
index are sorted by element name and attribute value.</P> |
||||
<P>Indices are stored in <A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t"><TT> |
||||
mxml_index_t</TT></A> structures. The <A href="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexNew()</TT></A> function creates a new index:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> *ind; |
||||
|
||||
ind = <A href="mxmlIndexNew.html#mxmlIndexNew">mxmlIndexNew</A>(tree, "element", "attribute"); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first argument is the XML node tree to index. Normally this will |
||||
be a pointer to the <TT>?xml</TT> element.</P> |
||||
<P>The second argument contains the element to index; passing <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
indexes all element nodes alphabetically.</P> |
||||
<P>The third argument contains the attribute to index; passing <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
causes only the element name to be indexed.</P> |
||||
<P>Once the index is created, the <A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexReset()</TT></A> functions are used to access the nodes in |
||||
the index. The <A href="mxmlIndexReset.html#mxmlIndexReset"><TT> |
||||
mxmlIndexReset()</TT></A> function resets the "current" node pointer in |
||||
the index, allowing you to do new searches and enumerations on the same |
||||
index. Typically you will call this function prior to your calls to <A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT></A> and <A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT></A>.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlIndexEnum.html#mxmlIndexEnum"><TT>mxmlIndexEnum()</TT> |
||||
</A> function enumerates each of the nodes in the index and can be used |
||||
in a loop as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node; |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> *ind; |
||||
|
||||
mxmlIndexReset(ind); |
||||
|
||||
while ((node = mxmlIndexEnum(ind)) != NULL) |
||||
{ |
||||
// do something with node |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlIndexFind.html#mxmlIndexFind"><TT>mxmlIndexFind()</TT> |
||||
</A> function locates the next occurrence of the named element and |
||||
attribute value in the index. It can be used to find all matching |
||||
elements in an index, as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *node; |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> *ind; |
||||
|
||||
mxmlIndexReset(ind); |
||||
|
||||
while ((node = mxmlIndexFind(ind, "element", "attr-value")) != NULL) |
||||
{ |
||||
// do something with node |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The second and third arguments represent the element name and |
||||
attribute value, respectively. A <TT>NULL</TT> pointer is used to |
||||
return all elements or attributes in the index. Passing <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
for both the element name and attribute value is equivalent to calling <TT> |
||||
mxmlIndexEnum</TT>.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 2in --> |
||||
<P>When you are done using the index, delete it using the <A href="#mxmlIndexDelete()"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlIndexDelete()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> *ind; |
||||
|
||||
mxmlIndexDelete(ind); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FormattedText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,44 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="2_2">Installing Mini-XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Use the <TT>make</TT> command with the <KBD>install</KBD> target to |
||||
install Mini-XML in the configured directories:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>make install ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>If you are using Mini-XML under Microsoft Windows with Visual C++, |
||||
use the included project files in the<VAR> vcnet</VAR> subdirectory to |
||||
build the library instead.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CompilingMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CreatingMiniXMLPackages.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LegalStuff.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H1 align="right"><A name="INTRO">Introduction</A></H1> |
||||
<P>This programmers manual describes Mini-XML version 2.2.1, a small XML |
||||
parsing library that you can use to read and write XML and XML-like |
||||
data files in your application without requiring large non-standard |
||||
libraries. Mini-XML only requires an ANSI C compatible compiler (GCC |
||||
works, as do most vendors' ANSI C compilers) and a "make" program.</P> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML provides the following functionality:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Reading of UTF-8 and UTF-16 encoded XML files and strings.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Writing of UTF-8 encoded XML files and strings.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Data is stored in a linked-list tree structure, preserving the XML |
||||
data hierarchy.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Supports arbitrary element names, attributes, and attribute values |
||||
with no preset limits, just available memory.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Supports integer, real, opaque ("cdata"), and text data types in |
||||
"leaf" nodes.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Functions for creating and managing trees of data.</LI> |
||||
<LI>"Find" and "walk" functions for easily locating and navigating trees |
||||
of data.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML doesn't do validation or other types of processing on the |
||||
data based upon schema files or other sources of definition |
||||
information, nor does it support character entities other than those |
||||
required by the XML specification.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LegalStuff.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Introduction.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="History.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Introduction.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="History.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_1">Legal Stuff</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The Mini-XML library is copyright 2003-2005 by Michael Sweet.</P> |
||||
<P>This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
||||
it under the terms of the <A href="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html#LICENSE"> |
||||
GNU Library General Public License</A> as published by the Free Software |
||||
Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any |
||||
later version.</P> |
||||
<P>This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but |
||||
WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU |
||||
Library General Public License for more details.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Introduction.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="History.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,103 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="SaveCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="LOAD_CALLBACKS">Load Callbacks</A></H2> |
||||
<P><A href="#LOAD_XML">Chapter 2</A> introduced the <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A> and <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT></A> functions. The last argument to these |
||||
functions is a callback function which is used to determine the value |
||||
type of each data node in an XML document.</P> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML defines several standard callbacks for simple XML data |
||||
files:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain |
||||
whitespace-separated integers.</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain opaque |
||||
strings ("CDATA").</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_REAL_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain |
||||
whitespace-separated floating-point numbers.</LI> |
||||
<LI><TT>MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK</TT> - All data nodes contain |
||||
whitespace-separated strings.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
<P>You can provide your own callback functions for more complex XML |
||||
documents. Your callback function will receive a pointer to the current |
||||
element node and must return the value type of the immediate children |
||||
for that element node: <TT>MXML_INTEGER</TT>, <TT>MXML_OPAQUE</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_REAL</TT>, or <TT>MXML_TEXT</TT>. The function is called<I> after</I> |
||||
the element and its attributes have been read, so you can look at the |
||||
element name, attributes, and attribute values to determine the proper |
||||
value type to return.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 2in --> |
||||
<P>The following callback function looks for an attribute named "type" |
||||
or the element name to determine the value type for its child nodes:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* 'type_cb()' - XML data type callback for mxmlLoadFile()... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
mxml_type_t /* O - Data type */ |
||||
type_cb(mxml_node_t *node) /* I - Element node */ |
||||
{ |
||||
const char *type; /* Type string */ |
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* You can lookup attributes and/or use the element name, hierarchy, etc... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if ((type = mxmlElementGetAttr(node, "type")) == NULL) |
||||
type = node->value.element.name; |
||||
|
||||
if (!strcmp(type, "integer")) |
||||
return (MXML_INTEGER); |
||||
else if (!strcmp(type, "opaque")) |
||||
return (MXML_OPAQUE); |
||||
else if (!strcmp(type, "real")) |
||||
return (MXML_REAL); |
||||
else |
||||
return (MXML_TEXT); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>To use this callback function, simply use the name when you call any |
||||
of the load functions:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "r"); |
||||
tree = <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile</A>(NULL, fp, <B>type_cb</B>); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SaveCallbacks.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="SavingXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_3">Loading XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>You load an XML file using the <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "r"); |
||||
tree = <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile</A>(NULL, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first argument specifies an existing XML parent node, if any. |
||||
Normally you will pass <TT>NULL</TT> for this argument unless you are |
||||
combining multiple XML sources. The XML file must contain a complete |
||||
XML document including the <TT>?xml</TT> element if the parent node is <TT> |
||||
NULL</TT>.</P> |
||||
<P>The second argument specifies the stdio file to read from, as opened |
||||
by <TT>fopen()</TT> or <TT>popen()</TT>. You can also use <TT>stdin</TT> |
||||
if you are implementing an XML filter program.</P> |
||||
<P>The third argument specifies a callback function which returns the |
||||
value type of the immediate children for a new element node: <TT> |
||||
MXML_INTEGER</TT>, <TT>MXML_OPAQUE</TT>, <TT>MXML_REAL</TT>, or <TT> |
||||
MXML_TEXT</TT>. Load callbacks are described in detail in <A href="LoadCallbacks.html#LOAD_CALLBACKS"> |
||||
Chapter 3</A>. The example code uses the <TT>MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TT> |
||||
constant which specifies that all data nodes in the document contain |
||||
whitespace-separated text values.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT> |
||||
</A> function loads XML node trees from a string:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char buffer[8192]; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
tree = <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString</A>(NULL, buffer, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first and third arguments are the same as used for <TT> |
||||
mxmlLoadFile()</TT>. The second argument specifies the string or |
||||
character buffer to load and must be a complete XML document including |
||||
the <TT>?xml</TT> element if the parent node is <TT>NULL</TT>.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="SavingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,90 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.0</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_3">Loading and Saving XML Files</A></H2> |
||||
<P>You load an XML file using the <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "r"); |
||||
tree = <A href="mxmlLoadFile.html#mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile</A>(NULL, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The third argument specifies a callback function which returns the |
||||
value type of the immediate children for a new element node: <TT> |
||||
MXML_INTEGER</TT>, <TT>MXML_OPAQUE</TT>, <TT>MXML_REAL</TT>, or <TT> |
||||
MXML_TEXT</TT>. This function is called<I> after</I> the element and its |
||||
attributes have been read, so you can look at the element name, |
||||
attributes, and attribute values to determine the proper value type to |
||||
return. The default value type is MXML_TEXT if no callback is used.</P> |
||||
<P>Similarly, you save an XML file using the <A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "w"); |
||||
<A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile</A>(tree, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>Callback functions for saving are used to optionally insert |
||||
whitespace before and after elements in the node tree. Your function |
||||
will be called up to four times for each element node with a pointer to |
||||
the node and a "where" value of <TT>MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_WS_AFTER_OPEN</TT>, <TT>MXML_WS_BEFORE_CLOSE</TT>, or <TT> |
||||
MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE</TT>. The callback function should return <TT>NULL</TT> |
||||
if no whitespace should be added and the string to insert (spaces, |
||||
tabs, carriage returns, and newlines) otherwise.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString"><TT>mxmlLoadString()</TT> |
||||
</A>, <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT></A> functions load XML node trees from and |
||||
save XML node trees to strings:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char buffer[8192]; |
||||
char *ptr; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
tree = <A href="mxmlLoadString.html#mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString</A>(NULL, buffer, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
<A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString">mxmlSaveString</A>(tree, buffer, sizeof(buffer), MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
ptr = <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString">mxmlSaveAllocString</A>(tree, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,91 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="TheBasics.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="LoadingXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_2">Nodes</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Every piece of information in an XML file (elements, text, numbers) |
||||
is stored in memory in "nodes". Nodes are defined by the <A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"> |
||||
<TT>mxml_node_t</TT></A> structure. The <A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t"> |
||||
<TT>type</TT></A> member defines the node type (element, integer, |
||||
opaque, real, or text) which determines which value you want to look at |
||||
in the <A href="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t"><TT>value</TT></A> union.</P> |
||||
<P>New nodes can be created using the <A href="mxmlNewElement.html#mxmlNewElement"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlNewElement()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewInteger.html#mxmlNewInteger"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlNewInteger()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewOpaque.html#mxmlNewOpaque"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlNewOpaque()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlNewReal.html#mxmlNewReal"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewReal()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlNewText.html#mxmlNewText"><TT> |
||||
mxmlNewText()</TT></A> functions. Only elements can have child nodes, |
||||
and the top node must be an element, usually "?xml".</P> |
||||
<P>Each node has pointers for the node above (<TT>parent</TT>), below (<TT> |
||||
child</TT>), to the left (<TT>prev</TT>), and to the right (<TT>next</TT> |
||||
) of the current node. If you have an XML file like the following:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<?xml version="1.0"?> |
||||
<data> |
||||
<node>val1</node> |
||||
<node>val2</node> |
||||
<node>val3</node> |
||||
<group> |
||||
<node>val4</node> |
||||
<node>val5</node> |
||||
<node>val6</node> |
||||
</group> |
||||
<node>val7</node> |
||||
<node>val8</node> |
||||
<node>val9</node> |
||||
</data> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>the node tree returned by <TT>mxmlLoadFile()</TT> would look like the |
||||
following in memory:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
?xml |
||||
| |
||||
data |
||||
| |
||||
node - node - node - group - node - node - node |
||||
| | | | | | | |
||||
val1 val2 val3 | val7 val8 val9 |
||||
| |
||||
node - node - node |
||||
| | | |
||||
val4 val5 val6 |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>where "-" is a pointer to the next node and "|" is a pointer to the |
||||
first child node.</P> |
||||
<P>Once you are done with the XML data, use the <A href="mxmlDelete.html#mxmlDelete"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlDelete()</TT></A> function to recursively free the memory that |
||||
is used for a particular node or the entire tree:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
mxmlDelete(tree); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="TheBasics.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Abbreviations.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_4">Notation Conventions</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Various font and syntax conventions are used in this guide. Examples |
||||
and their meanings and uses are explained below:</P> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE width="80%"> |
||||
<TR><TH>Example</TH><TD> </TD><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||
<TR valign="top"><TD><CODE>lpstat</CODE> |
||||
<BR> <CODE>lpstat(1)</CODE></TD><TD> </TD><TD>The names of commands; |
||||
the first mention of a command or function in a chapter is followed by |
||||
a manual page section number.</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||
<TR valign="top"><TD><VAR>/var</VAR> |
||||
<BR><VAR> /usr/share/cups/data/testprint.ps</VAR></TD><TD> </TD><TD> |
||||
File and directory names.</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||
<TR valign="top"><TD nowrap><TT>Request ID is Printer-123</TT></TD><TD> |
||||
</TD><TD>Screen output.</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||
<TR valign="top"><TD nowrap><KBD>lp -d printer filename ENTER</KBD></TD><TD> |
||||
</TD><TD>Literal user input; special keys like <KBD>ENTER</KBD> are |
||||
in ALL CAPS.</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD colspan="3"> </TD></TR> |
||||
<TR valign="top"><TD>12.3</TD><TD> </TD><TD>Numbers in the text are |
||||
written using the period (.) to indicate the decimal point.</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</CENTER> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="OrganizationofThisDocument.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="History.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="NotationConventions.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="History.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_3">Organization of This Document</A></H2> |
||||
<P>This manual is organized into the following chapters and appendices:</P> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 1, "<A href="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html#INSTALL"> |
||||
Building, Installing, and Packaging Mini-XML</A>", provides compilation, |
||||
installation, and packaging instructions for Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 2, "<A href="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html#BASICS">Getting |
||||
Started with Mini-XML</A>", shows how to use the Mini-XML library in |
||||
your programs.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 3, "<A href="3MoreMiniXMLProgrammingTechniques.html#ADVANCED"> |
||||
More Mini-XML Programming Techniques</A>", shows additional ways to use |
||||
the Mini-XML library.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Chapter 4, "<A href="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html#MXMLDOC">Using the |
||||
mxmldoc Utility</A>", describes how to use the <TT>mxmldoc(1)</TT> |
||||
program to generate software documentation.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix A, "<A href="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html#LICENSE"> |
||||
GNU Library General Public License</A>", provides the terms and |
||||
conditions for using and distributing Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix B, "<A href="BReleaseNotes.html#RELNOTES">Release Notes</A> |
||||
", lists the changes in each release of Mini-XML.</LI> |
||||
<LI>Appendix C, "<A href="CLibraryReference.html#REFERENCE">Library |
||||
Reference</A>", contains a complete reference for Mini-XML, generated |
||||
by <TT>mxmldoc</TT>.</LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 4in --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="History.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="NotationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,48 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Abbreviations.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
|
||||
<H2><A NAME="1_6">Other References</A></H2> |
||||
<BLOCKQUOTE> |
||||
<DL> |
||||
<DT>The Unicode Standard, Version 4.0, Addison-Wesley, ISBN |
||||
0-321-18578-1</DT> |
||||
<DD>The definition of the Unicode character set which is used for XML. |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
<DT><A href="http://www.w3.org/TR/2004/REC-xml-20040204/">Extensible |
||||
Markup Language (XML) 1.0 (Third Edition)</A></DT> |
||||
<DD>The XML specification from the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C) |
||||
<BR> </DD> |
||||
</DL> |
||||
</BLOCKQUOTE><HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Abbreviations.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="1BuildingInstallingandPackagingMiniXML.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,123 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LoadCallbacks.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CustomDataTypes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="SAVE_CALLBACKS">Save Callbacks</A></H2> |
||||
<P><A href="#LOAD_XML">Chapter 2</A> also introduced the <A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A>, <A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A> functions. The last argument to these |
||||
functions is a callback function which is used to automatically insert |
||||
whitespace in an XML document.</P> |
||||
<P>Your callback function will be called up to four times for each |
||||
element node with a pointer to the node and a "where" value of <TT> |
||||
MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN</TT>, <TT>MXML_WS_AFTER_OPEN</TT>, <TT> |
||||
MXML_WS_BEFORE_CLOSE</TT>, or <TT>MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE</TT>. The callback |
||||
function should return <TT>NULL</TT> if no whitespace should be added |
||||
and the string to insert (spaces, tabs, carriage returns, and newlines) |
||||
otherwise. The following whitespace callback can be used to add |
||||
whitespace to XHTML output to make it more readable in a standard text |
||||
editor:</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* 'whitespace_cb()' - Let the mxmlSaveFile() function know when to insert |
||||
* newlines and tabs... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
const char * /* O - Whitespace string or NULL */ |
||||
whitespace_cb(mxml_node_t *node, /* I - Element node */ |
||||
int where) /* I - Open or close tag? */ |
||||
{ |
||||
const char *name; /* Name of element */ |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* We can conditionally break to a new line before or after any element. |
||||
* These are just common HTML elements... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
name = node->value.element.name; |
||||
|
||||
if (!strcmp(name, "html") || !strcmp(name, "head") || !strcmp(name, "body") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "pre") || !strcmp(name, "p") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h1") || !strcmp(name, "h2") || !strcmp(name, "h3") || |
||||
!strcmp(name, "h4") || !strcmp(name, "h5") || !strcmp(name, "h6")) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Newlines before open and after close... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (where == MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN || where == MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE) |
||||
return ("\n"); |
||||
} |
||||
else if (!strcmp(name, "dl") || !strcmp(name, "ol") || !strcmp(name, "ul")) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Put a newline before and after list elements... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
return ("\n"); |
||||
} |
||||
else if (!strcmp(name, "dd") || !strcmp(name, "dt") || !strcmp(name, "li")) |
||||
{ |
||||
/* |
||||
* Put a tab before <li>'s, <dd>'s, and <dt>'s, and a newline after them... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
if (where == MXML_WS_BEFORE_OPEN) |
||||
return ("\t"); |
||||
else if (where == MXML_WS_AFTER_CLOSE) |
||||
return ("\n"); |
||||
} |
||||
|
||||
/* |
||||
* Return NULL for no added whitespace... |
||||
*/ |
||||
|
||||
return (NULL); |
||||
} |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<P>To use this callback function, simply use the name when you call any |
||||
of the save functions:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "w"); |
||||
<A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile</A>(tree, fp, whitespace_cb); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadCallbacks.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CustomDataTypes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,74 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="LoadingXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_4">Saving XML</A></H2> |
||||
<P>You save an XML file using the <A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveFile()</TT></A> function:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
FILE *fp; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
fp = fopen("filename.xml", "w"); |
||||
<A href="mxmlSaveFile.html#mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile</A>(tree, fp, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
fclose(fp); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first argument is the XML node tree to save. It should normally |
||||
be a pointer to the top-level <TT>?xml</TT> node in your XML document.</P> |
||||
<P>The second argument is the stdio file to write to, as opened by <TT> |
||||
fopen()</TT> or <TT>popen()</TT>. You can also use <TT>stdout</TT> if |
||||
you are implementing an XML filter program.</P> |
||||
<P>The third argument is the whitespace callback to use when saving the |
||||
file. Whitespace callbacks are covered in detail in <A href="SAVE_CALLBACKS"> |
||||
Chapter 3</A>. The example code above uses the <TT>MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TT> |
||||
constant to specify that no special whitespace handling is required.</P> |
||||
<P>The <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString"><TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT></A>, and <A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString"> |
||||
<TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT></A> functions save XML node trees to strings:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char buffer[8192]; |
||||
char *ptr; |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> *tree; |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
<A href="mxmlSaveString.html#mxmlSaveString">mxmlSaveString</A>(tree, buffer, sizeof(buffer), MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
|
||||
... |
||||
ptr = <A href="mxmlSaveAllocString.html#mxmlSaveAllocString">mxmlSaveAllocString</A>(tree, MXML_NO_CALLBACK); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The first and last arguments are the same as used for <TT> |
||||
mxmlSaveFile()</TT>. The <TT>mxmlSaveString()</TT> function takes |
||||
pointer and size arguments for saving the XML document to a fixed-size |
||||
buffer, while <TT>mxmlSaveAllocString()</TT> returns a string buffer |
||||
that was allocated using <TT>malloc()</TT>.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="LoadingXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FindingandIteratingNodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlattrs.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="_structures">Structures</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlattrs.html#mxml_attr_s"><TT>mxml_attr_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustoms.html#mxml_custom_s"><TT>mxml_custom_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlindexs.html#mxml_index_s"><TT>mxml_index_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlnodes.html#mxml_node_s"><TT>mxml_node_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltexts.html#mxml_text_s"><TT>mxml_text_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlvalues.html#mxml_value_s"><TT>mxml_value_s</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkPrev.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrs.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,52 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Nodes.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="3_1">The Basics</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Mini-XML provides a single header file which you include:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
#include <mxml.h> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>The Mini-XML library is included with your program using the <KBD> |
||||
-lmxml</KBD> option:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>gcc -o myprogram myprogram.c -lmxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>If you have the <TT>pkg-config(1)</TT> software installed, you can |
||||
use it to determine the proper compiler and linker options for your |
||||
installation:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>pkg-config --cflags mxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||
<KBD>pkg-config --libs mxml ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="2GettingStartedwithMiniXML.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Nodes.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,53 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="5_1">The Basics</A></H2> |
||||
<P>The <TT>mxmldoc</TT> utility scans C and C++ source and header files |
||||
and produces an XML file describing the library interface and an XHTML |
||||
file providing a human-readable reference to the code. Each source and |
||||
header file must conform to some simple code commenting conventions so |
||||
that <TT>mxmldoc</TT> can extract the necessary descriptive text.</P> |
||||
<P>The <TT>mxmldoc</TT> command requires the name of an XML file to |
||||
store the code information; this file is created and updated as |
||||
necessary. The XML file is optionally followed by a list of source |
||||
files to scan. After scanning any source files on the command-line, <TT> |
||||
mxmldoc</TT> writes XHTML documentation to the standard output, which |
||||
can be redirected to the file using the <KBD>>filename</KBD> syntax:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc myfile.xml >myfile.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||
<KBD>mxmldoc myfile.xml file1.c file2.cxx file3.h >myfile.html ENTER</KBD> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<P>If no source files are provided on the command-line, the current |
||||
contents of the XML file are converted to XHTML.</P> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="4UsingthemxmldocUtility.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="CodeDocumentationConventions.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="5_2_3">Types</A></H3> |
||||
<P>Each type must have a comment block immediately before the typedef, |
||||
as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
/* |
||||
* This type is for foobar options. |
||||
*/ |
||||
typedef int this_type_t; |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEED 5in --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="VariablesandClassStructureUnionMembers.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="ClassesStructuresandUnions.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,49 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvalues.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlattrt.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalues.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="_types">Types</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlattrt.html#mxml_attr_t"><TT>mxml_attr_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustomt.html#mxml_custom_t"><TT>mxml_custom_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlelementt.html#mxml_element_t"><TT>mxml_element_t</TT></A> |
||||
</LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t"><TT>mxml_index_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t"><TT>mxml_node_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltextt.html#mxml_text_t"><TT>mxml_text_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t"><TT>mxml_type_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlvaluet.html#mxml_value_t"><TT>mxml_value_t</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalues.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlattrt.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,41 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvaluet.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlvalueu.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="_unions">Unions</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlvalueu.html#mxml_value_u"><TT>mxml_value_u</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvaluet.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,45 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2004"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlvalueu.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlcustomloadcb.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlcustomloadcb.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A name="_variables">Variables</A></H2> |
||||
<UL> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustomloadcb.html#mxml_custom_load_cb"><TT> |
||||
mxml_custom_load_cb</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="mxmlcustomsavecb.html#mxml_custom_save_cb"><TT> |
||||
mxml_custom_save_cb</TT></A></LI> |
||||
<LI><A href="numcallbacks.html#num_callbacks"><TT>num_callbacks</TT></A></LI> |
||||
</UL> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlvalueu.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlcustomloadcb.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,43 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="Types.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Types.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A NAME="5_2_2">Variables and Class/Structure/Union Members</A></H3> |
||||
<P>Each variable or member must be declared on a separate line and must |
||||
be immediately followed by a comment describing the variable or member, |
||||
as follows:</P> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int this_variable; /* The current state of this */ |
||||
int that_variable; /* The current state of that */ |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="FunctionsandMethods.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Types.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,273 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Enumerations.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H2><A NAME="5_3">XML Schema</A></H2> |
||||
<P>Listing 4-1 shows the XML schema file<VAR> mxmldoc.xsd</VAR> which is |
||||
included with Mini-XML. This schema file can be used to convert the XML |
||||
files produced by <TT>mxmldoc</TT> into other formats.</P> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<CAPTION align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd"</I> |
||||
</CAPTION> |
||||
<TR><TD> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<xsd:schema xmlns:xsd="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema"> |
||||
<xsd:annotation> |
||||
<xsd:documentation xml:lang="en"> |
||||
Mini-XML 2.2 documentation schema for mxmldoc output. |
||||
Copyright 2003-2005 by Michael Sweet. |
||||
|
||||
This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or |
||||
modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public |
||||
License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either |
||||
version 2, or (at your option) any later version. |
||||
|
||||
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
||||
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
||||
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
||||
GNU General Public License for more details. |
||||
</xsd:documentation> |
||||
</xsd:annotation> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- basic element definitions --> |
||||
<xsd:element name="argument" type="argumentType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="class" type="classType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="constant" type="constantType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="description" type="xsd:string"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="enumeration" type="enumerationType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="function" type="functionType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="mxmldoc" type="mxmldocType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="namespace" type="namespaceType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="returnvalue" type="returnvalueType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="seealso" type="identifierList"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="struct" type="structType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="typedef" type="typedefType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="type" type="xsd:string"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="union" type="unionType"/> |
||||
<xsd:element name="variable" type="variableType"/> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- descriptions of complex elements --> |
||||
<xsd:complexType name="argumentType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="default" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="direction" type="direction" use="optional" default="I"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="classType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</CENTER> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<CAPTION align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd" |
||||
(con't)</I></CAPTION> |
||||
<TR><TD> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="parent" type="xsd:string" use="optional"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="constantType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="enumerationType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="constant" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="functionType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="returnvalue" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="argument" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="seealso" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="scope" type="scope" use="optional"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="mxmldocType"> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="namespace"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="namespaceType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="class"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="enumeration"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</CENTER> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<CAPTION align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd" |
||||
(con't)</I></CAPTION> |
||||
<TR><TD> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="struct"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="typedef"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="union"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="returnvalueType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="structType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:choice minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="function"/> |
||||
</xsd:choice> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="typedefType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="unionType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="variable" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="unbounded"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:complexType name="variableType"> |
||||
<xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="type" minOccurs="1" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
<xsd:element ref="description" minOccurs="0" maxOccurs="1"/> |
||||
</xsd:sequence> |
||||
<xsd:attribute name="name" type="identifier" use="required"/> |
||||
</xsd:complexType> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- data types --> |
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="direction"> |
||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="I"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="O"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="IO"/> |
||||
</xsd:restriction> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</CENTER> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<CENTER> |
||||
<TABLE bgcolor="#cccccc" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<CAPTION align="bottom"><I> Listing 4-1, XML Schema File "mxmldoc.xsd" |
||||
(con't)</I></CAPTION> |
||||
<TR><TD> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="identifier"> |
||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||
<xsd:pattern value="[a-zA-Z_(.]([a-zA-Z_(.,)* 0-9])*"/> |
||||
</xsd:restriction> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="identifierList"> |
||||
<xsd:list itemType="identifier"/> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
|
||||
<xsd:simpleType name="scope"> |
||||
<xsd:restriction base="xsd:string"> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value=""/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="private"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="protected"/> |
||||
<xsd:enumeration value="public"/> |
||||
</xsd:restriction> |
||||
</xsd:simpleType> |
||||
</xsd:schema> |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
</CENTER> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Enumerations.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="AGNULibraryGeneralPublicLicense.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,31 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<CENTER><IMG SRC="logo.png" WIDTH="256" HEIGHT="256" ALT="Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1"><BR> |
||||
<H1>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</H1><BR> |
||||
Michael Sweet<BR> |
||||
Copyright 2003-2005<BR> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Table of Contents</A></CENTER> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
|
Before Width: | Height: | Size: 35 KiB |
@ -1,71 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="Functions.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlDelete.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Functions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlAdd">mxmlAdd()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Add a node to a tree. Adds the specified node to the parent. If the |
||||
child argument is not NULL, puts the new node before or after the |
||||
specified child depending on the value of the where argument. If the |
||||
child argument is NULL, puts the new node at the beginning of the child |
||||
list (MXML_ADD_BEFORE) or at the end of the child list |
||||
(MXML_ADD_AFTER). The constant MXML_ADD_TO_PARENT can be used to |
||||
specify a NULL child pointer.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlAdd( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
int where, |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * child, |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>where</TT></TD><TD>Where to add, MXML_ADD_BEFORE or |
||||
MXML_ADD_AFTER</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>child</TT></TD><TD>Child node for where or |
||||
MXML_ADD_TO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to add</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="Functions.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlAdd.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlDelete">mxmlDelete()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Delete a node and all of its children. If the specified node has a |
||||
parent, this function first removes the node from its parent using the |
||||
mxmlRemove() function.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlDelete( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to delete</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlAdd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlDelete.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlElementGetAttr">mxmlElementGetAttr()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Get an attribute. This function returns NULL if the node is not an |
||||
element or the named attribute does not exist.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
const char * |
||||
mxmlElementGetAttr( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
const char * name); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Attribute value or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlElementSetAttr">mxmlElementSetAttr()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set an attribute. If the named attribute already exists, the value of |
||||
the attribute is replaced by the new string value. The string value is |
||||
copied into the element node. This function does nothing if the node is |
||||
not an element.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlElementSetAttr( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
const char * name, |
||||
const char * value); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Element node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of attribute</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementGetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityAddCallback">mxmlEntityAddCallback()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Add a callback to convert entities to Unicode.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlEntityAddCallback( |
||||
int (*cb)(const char *name)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(const char *name)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function to |
||||
add</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlElementSetAttr.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityGetName">mxmlEntityGetName()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Get the name that corresponds to the character value. If val does not |
||||
need to be represented by a named entity, NULL is returned.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
const char * |
||||
mxmlEntityGetName( |
||||
int val); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>val</TT></TD><TD>Character value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Entity name or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityAddCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityGetValue">mxmlEntityGetValue()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Get the character corresponding to a named entity. The entity name |
||||
can also be a numeric constant. -1 is returned if the name is not |
||||
known.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlEntityGetValue( |
||||
const char * name); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Entity name</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Character value or -1 on error</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetName.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlFindElement.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback">mxmlEntityRemoveCallback()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Remove a callback.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlEntityRemoveCallback( |
||||
int (*cb)(const char *name)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(const char *name)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function to |
||||
remove</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityGetValue.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,76 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlFindElement">mxmlFindElement()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Find the named element. The search is constrained by the name, |
||||
attribute name, and value; any NULL names or values are treated as |
||||
wildcards, so different kinds of searches can be implemented by looking |
||||
for all elements of a given name or all elements with a specific |
||||
attribute. The descend argument determines whether the search descends |
||||
into child nodes; normally you will use MXML_DESCEND_FIRST for the |
||||
initial search and MXML_NO_DESCEND to find additional direct |
||||
descendents of the node. The top node argument constrains the search to |
||||
a particular node's children.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlFindElement( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||
const char * name, |
||||
const char * attr, |
||||
const char * value, |
||||
int descend); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Current node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Element name or NULL for any</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute name, or NULL for none</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value, or NULL for any</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>descend</TT></TD><TD>Descend into tree - MXML_DESCEND, |
||||
MXML_NO_DESCEND, or MXML_DESCEND_FIRST</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Element node or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlEntityRemoveCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,57 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlFindElement.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexDelete">mxmlIndexDelete()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Delete an index.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlIndexDelete( |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to delete</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlFindElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexEnum">mxmlIndexEnum()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Return the next node in the index. Nodes are returned in the sorted |
||||
order of the index.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlIndexEnum( |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to enumerate</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Next node or NULL if there is none</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexDelete.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,64 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexFind">mxmlIndexFind()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Find the next matching node. You should call mxmlIndexReset() prior |
||||
to using this function for the first time with a particular set of |
||||
"element" and "value" strings. Passing NULL for both "element" and |
||||
"value" is equivalent to calling mxmlIndexEnum().</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlIndexFind( |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind, |
||||
const char * element, |
||||
const char * value); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to search</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>element</TT></TD><TD>Element name to find, if any</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>value</TT></TD><TD>Attribute value, if any</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Node or NULL if none found</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexEnum.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexNew">mxmlIndexNew()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new index. The index will contain all nodes that contain the |
||||
named element and/or attribute. If both "element" and "attr" are NULL, |
||||
then the index will contain a sorted list of the elements in the node |
||||
tree. Nodes are sorted by element name and optionally by attribute |
||||
value if the "attr" argument is not NULL.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlIndexNew( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
const char * element, |
||||
const char * attr); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>XML node tree</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>element</TT></TD><TD>Element to index or NULL for all</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>attr</TT></TD><TD>Attribute to index or NULL for none</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New index</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexFind.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlIndexReset">mxmlIndexReset()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Reset the enumeration/find pointer in the index and return the first |
||||
node in the index. This function should be called prior to using |
||||
mxmlIndexEnum() or mxmlIndexFind() for the first time.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlIndexReset( |
||||
<A href="mxmlindext.html#mxml_index_t">mxml_index_t</A> * ind); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>ind</TT></TD><TD>Index to reset</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if there is none</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexNew.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlLoadFd">mxmlLoadFd()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a file descriptor into an XML node tree. The nodes in the |
||||
specified file are added to the specified top node. If no top node is |
||||
provided, the XML file MUST be well-formed with a single parent node |
||||
like <?xml> for the entire file. The callback function returns the |
||||
value type that should be used for child nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is |
||||
specified then all child nodes will be either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT |
||||
nodes. The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlLoadFd( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||
int fd, |
||||
<A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t">mxml_type_t</A> (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fd</TT></TD><TD>File descriptor to read from</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlIndexReset.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlLoadString.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlLoadFile">mxmlLoadFile()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a file into an XML node tree. The nodes in the specified file |
||||
are added to the specified top node. If no top node is provided, the |
||||
XML file MUST be well-formed with a single parent node like <?xml> for |
||||
the entire file. The callback function returns the value type that |
||||
should be used for child nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified then |
||||
all child nodes will be either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT nodes. The |
||||
constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlLoadFile( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||
FILE * fp, |
||||
<A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t">mxml_type_t</A> (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fp</TT></TD><TD>File to read from</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the file could not be read.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewCustom.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlLoadString">mxmlLoadString()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Load a string into an XML node tree. The nodes in the specified |
||||
string are added to the specified top node. If no top node is provided, |
||||
the XML string MUST be well-formed with a single parent node like |
||||
<?xml> for the entire string. The callback function returns the value |
||||
type that should be used for child nodes. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is |
||||
specified then all child nodes will be either MXML_ELEMENT or MXML_TEXT |
||||
nodes. The constants MXML_INTEGER_CALLBACK, MXML_OPAQUE_CALLBACK, |
||||
MXML_REAL_CALLBACK, and MXML_TEXT_CALLBACK are defined for loading |
||||
child nodes of the specified type.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlLoadString( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * top, |
||||
const char * s, |
||||
<A href="mxmltypet.html#mxml_type_t">mxml_type_t</A> (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>top</TT></TD><TD>Top node</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>s</TT></TD><TD>String to load</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node)</TT></TD><TD>Callback function or |
||||
MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>First node or NULL if the string has errors.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlLoadString.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewElement.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewCustom">mxmlNewCustom()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new custom data node. The new custom node is added to the |
||||
end of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT |
||||
can be used to specify that the new element node has no parent. NULL |
||||
can be passed when the data in the node is not dynamically allocated or |
||||
is separately managed.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewCustom( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
void * data, |
||||
void (*destroy)(void *)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>Pointer to data</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*destroy)(void *)</TT></TD><TD>Function to destroy data</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlLoadString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewCustom.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewCustom.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewElement">mxmlNewElement()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new element node. The new element node is added to the end |
||||
of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can |
||||
be used to specify that the new element node has no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewElement( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
const char * name); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>Name of element</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewCustom.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,61 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewElement.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewInteger">mxmlNewInteger()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new integer node. The new integer node is added to the end |
||||
of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can |
||||
be used to specify that the new integer node has no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewInteger( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
int integer); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>integer</TT></TD><TD>Integer value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewReal.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewOpaque">mxmlNewOpaque()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new opaque string. The new opaque node is added to the end |
||||
of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT can |
||||
be used to specify that the new opaque node has no parent. The opaque |
||||
string must be nul-terminated and is copied into the new node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewOpaque( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
const char * opaque); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>opaque</TT></TD><TD>Opaque string</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewText.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewReal">mxmlNewReal()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new real number node. The new real number node is added to |
||||
the end of the specified parent's child list. The constant |
||||
MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the new real number node has |
||||
no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewReal( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
double real); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>real</TT></TD><TD>Real number value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,67 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewReal.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewText">mxmlNewText()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new text fragment node. The new text node is added to the |
||||
end of the specified parent's child list. The constant MXML_NO_PARENT |
||||
can be used to specify that the new text node has no parent. The |
||||
whitespace parameter is used to specify whether leading whitespace is |
||||
present before the node. The text string must be nul-terminated and is |
||||
copied into the new node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewText( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
int whitespace, |
||||
const char * string); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>string</TT></TD><TD>String</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,69 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewText.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlRemove.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlNewTextf">mxmlNewTextf()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Create a new formatted text fragment node. The new text node is added |
||||
to the end of the specified parent's child list. The constant |
||||
MXML_NO_PARENT can be used to specify that the new text node has no |
||||
parent. The whitespace parameter is used to specify whether leading |
||||
whitespace is present before the node. The format string must be |
||||
nul-terminated and is formatted into the new node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * |
||||
mxmlNewTextf( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * parent, |
||||
int whitespace, |
||||
const char * format, |
||||
...); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>parent</TT></TD><TD>Parent node or MXML_NO_PARENT</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>format</TT></TD><TD>Printf-style frmat string</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>...</TT></TD><TD>Additional args as needed</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>New node</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,59 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlRemove">mxmlRemove()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Remove a node from its parent. Does not free memory used by the node |
||||
- use mxmlDelete() for that. This function does nothing if the node has |
||||
no parent.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlRemove( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to remove</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlNewTextf.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,68 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlRemove.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveAllocString">mxmlSaveAllocString()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Save an XML node tree to an allocated string. This function returns a |
||||
pointer to a string containing the textual representation of the XML |
||||
node tree. The string should be freed using the free() function when |
||||
you are done with it. NULL is returned if the node would produce an |
||||
empty string or if the string cannot be allocated. The callback |
||||
argument specifies a function that returns a whitespace string or NULL |
||||
before and after each element. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified, |
||||
whitespace will only be added before MXML_TEXT nodes with leading |
||||
whitespace and before attribute names inside opening element tags.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
char * |
||||
mxmlSaveAllocString( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Allocated string or NULL</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlRemove.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveFd">mxmlSaveFd()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Save an XML tree to a file descriptor. The callback argument |
||||
specifies a function that returns a whitespace string or NULL before |
||||
and after each element. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified, whitespace |
||||
will only be added before MXML_TEXT nodes with leading whitespace and |
||||
before attribute names inside opening element tags.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSaveFd( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
int fd, |
||||
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fd</TT></TD><TD>File descriptor to write to</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on error.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveAllocString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,66 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSaveString.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveFile">mxmlSaveFile()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Save an XML tree to a file. The callback argument specifies a |
||||
function that returns a whitespace string or NULL before and after each |
||||
element. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified, whitespace will only be |
||||
added before MXML_TEXT nodes with leading whitespace and before |
||||
attribute names inside opening element tags.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSaveFile( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
FILE * fp, |
||||
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>fp</TT></TD><TD>File to write to</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on error.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFd.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetCustom.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSaveString">mxmlSaveString()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Save an XML node tree to a string. This function returns the total |
||||
number of bytes that would be required for the string but only copies |
||||
(bufsize - 1) characters into the specified buffer. The callback |
||||
argument specifies a function that returns a whitespace string or NULL |
||||
before and after each element. If MXML_NO_CALLBACK is specified, |
||||
whitespace will only be added before MXML_TEXT nodes with leading |
||||
whitespace and before attribute names inside opening element tags.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSaveString( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
char * buffer, |
||||
int bufsize, |
||||
const char * (*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to write</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>buffer</TT></TD><TD>String buffer</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>bufsize</TT></TD><TD>Size of string buffer</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(mxml_node_t *node, int ws)</TT></TD><TD>Whitespace |
||||
callback or MXML_NO_CALLBACK</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Size of string</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveFile.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustom.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSaveString.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetCustom">mxmlSetCustom()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the data and destructor of a custom data node. The node is not |
||||
changed if it is not a custom node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetCustom( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
void * data, |
||||
void (*destroy)(void *)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>data</TT></TD><TD>New data pointer</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*destroy)(void *)</TT></TD><TD>New destructor function</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSaveString.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,62 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetCustom.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetElement.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustom.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetCustomHandlers">mxmlSetCustomHandlers()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the handling functions for custom data. The load function accepts |
||||
a node pointer and a data string and must return 0 on success and |
||||
non-zero on error. The save function accepts a node pointer and must |
||||
return a malloc'd string on success and NULL on error.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlSetCustomHandlers( |
||||
mxml_custom_load_cb_t load, |
||||
mxml_custom_save_cb_t save); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>load</TT></TD><TD>Load function</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>save</TT></TD><TD>Save function</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustom.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetElement">mxmlSetElement()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the name of an element node. The node is not changed if it is not |
||||
an element node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetElement( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
const char * name); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>name</TT></TD><TD>New name string</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetCustomHandlers.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,58 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetElement.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetErrorCallback">mxmlSetErrorCallback()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the error message callback.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
void |
||||
mxmlSetErrorCallback( |
||||
void (*cb)(const char *)); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>(*cb)(const char *)</TT></TD><TD>Error callback function</TD> |
||||
</TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>Nothing.</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetElement.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetInteger">mxmlSetInteger()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the value of an integer node. The node is not changed if it is |
||||
not an integer node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetInteger( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
int integer); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>integer</TT></TD><TD>Integer value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetErrorCallback.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetReal.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetOpaque">mxmlSetOpaque()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the value of an opaque node. The node is not changed if it is not |
||||
an opaque node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetOpaque( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
const char * opaque); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>opaque</TT></TD><TD>Opaque string</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetInteger.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,60 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetText.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetReal">mxmlSetReal()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the value of a real number node. The node is not changed if it is |
||||
not a real number node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetReal( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
double real); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>real</TT></TD><TD>Real number value</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetOpaque.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,63 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetReal.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetText">mxmlSetText()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the value of a text node. The node is not changed if it is not a |
||||
text node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetText( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
int whitespace, |
||||
const char * string); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>string</TT></TD><TD>String</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetReal.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetTextf.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
@ -1,65 +0,0 @@ |
||||
<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/REC-html40/loose.dtd"> |
||||
<HTML> |
||||
<HEAD> |
||||
<TITLE>Mini-XML Programmers Manual, Version 2.2.1</TITLE> |
||||
<META NAME="author" CONTENT="Michael Sweet"> |
||||
<META NAME="copyright" CONTENT="Copyright 2003-2005"> |
||||
<META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=iso-iso-8859-1"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Start" HREF="index.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Contents" HREF="toc.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Prev" HREF="mxmlSetText.html"> |
||||
<LINK REL="Next" HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html"> |
||||
<STYLE TYPE="text/css"><!-- |
||||
BODY { font-family: serif } |
||||
H1 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H2 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H3 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H4 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H5 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
H6 { font-family: sans-serif } |
||||
SUB { font-size: smaller } |
||||
SUP { font-size: smaller } |
||||
PRE { font-family: monospace } |
||||
--></STYLE> |
||||
</HEAD> |
||||
<BODY> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Next</A> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<H3><A name="mxmlSetTextf">mxmlSetTextf()</A></H3> |
||||
<HR noshade/> |
||||
<H4>Description</H4> |
||||
<P>Set the value of a text node to a formatted string. The node is not |
||||
changed if it is not a text node.</P> |
||||
<H4>Syntax</H4> |
||||
<PRE> |
||||
int |
||||
mxmlSetTextf( |
||||
<A href="mxmlnodet.html#mxml_node_t">mxml_node_t</A> * node, |
||||
int whitespace, |
||||
const char * format, |
||||
...); |
||||
</PRE> |
||||
<H4>Arguments</H4> |
||||
<P class="table"></P> |
||||
<TABLE align="center" border="1" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="0" width="80%"> |
||||
<THEAD></THEAD> |
||||
<TR bgcolor="#cccccc"><TH>Name</TH><TH>Description</TH></TR> |
||||
<TBODY></TBODY> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>node</TT></TD><TD>Node to set</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>whitespace</TT></TD><TD>1 = leading whitespace, 0 = no |
||||
whitespace</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>format</TT></TD><TD>Printf-style format string</TD></TR> |
||||
<TR><TD><TT>...</TT></TD><TD>Additional arguments as needed</TD></TR> |
||||
</TABLE> |
||||
<H4>Returns</H4> |
||||
<P>0 on success, -1 on failure</P> |
||||
|
||||
<!-- NEW PAGE --> |
||||
<HR NOSHADE> |
||||
<A HREF="toc.html">Contents</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlSetText.html">Previous</A> |
||||
<A HREF="mxmlWalkNext.html">Next</A> |
||||
</BODY> |
||||
</HTML> |
||||
Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More
Loading…
Reference in new issue